1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
8 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
22 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
26 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
27 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
35 #include "blockinput.h"
37 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
38 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
39 #include "syssignal.h"
41 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
42 if this is not done before the other system files. */
44 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
46 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
47 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
49 #include <sys/types.h>
53 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
54 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
58 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
65 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
66 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
69 #include "character.h"
72 #include "dispextern.h"
74 #include "termhooks.h"
77 #include "emacs-icon.h"
82 #include "intervals.h"
90 #include <X11/Shell.h>
93 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
105 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
106 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
109 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
111 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
112 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
117 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
119 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
120 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
122 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
124 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
125 #if defined USE_MOTIF
126 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
127 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
128 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
131 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
133 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
134 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
135 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
136 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
137 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
139 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
140 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
141 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
142 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
144 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
146 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
147 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
148 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
153 #ifndef XtNinitialState
154 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
158 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
162 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
167 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
169 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
171 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
174 static int any_help_event_p
;
176 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
177 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
179 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
181 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
183 /* Non-zero means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line. */
185 int x_underline_at_descent_line
;
187 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
190 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
192 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
193 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
194 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
195 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
197 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
199 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
200 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
201 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
202 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
204 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
206 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
208 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
211 /* The application context for Xt use. */
212 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
213 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
214 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
216 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
218 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
220 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
221 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
223 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
225 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
226 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
227 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
229 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
233 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
234 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
235 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
236 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
238 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
240 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
241 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
242 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
243 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
244 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
245 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
246 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
247 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
248 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
251 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
253 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
254 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
255 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
257 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
259 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
260 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
263 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
264 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
267 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
269 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
270 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
271 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
272 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
273 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
274 it's somewhat accurate. */
276 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
278 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
280 static Time last_user_time
;
282 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
286 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
288 static int input_signal_count
;
291 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
293 static int x_noop_count
;
295 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
297 extern char **initial_argv
;
298 extern int initial_argc
;
300 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
302 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
304 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
306 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
310 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
312 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
314 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
316 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
317 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
318 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
320 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
321 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
323 /* Used in x_flush. */
325 extern Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay
;
327 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
328 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
330 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
331 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
332 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
333 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
335 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
336 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
337 void x_delete_terminal
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
338 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
339 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
340 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
341 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
342 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
343 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
344 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
345 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
346 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
347 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
348 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
349 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
350 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
351 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
352 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
353 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
354 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
356 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
));
357 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
358 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
359 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
360 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
361 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
362 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
363 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
364 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
366 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
367 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int));
368 static void x_sync_with_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
369 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
370 int *, struct input_event
*));
371 /* Don't declare this NO_RETURN because we want no
372 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
373 static SIGTYPE x_connection_closed
P_ ((Display
*, char *));
376 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
382 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
383 connection may be broken. */
384 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
390 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
391 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
392 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
393 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
395 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
396 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
401 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
402 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
403 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
404 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
405 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
408 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
411 /***********************************************************************
413 ***********************************************************************/
417 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
418 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
426 struct record event_record
[100];
428 int event_record_index
;
430 record_event (locus
, type
)
434 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
435 event_record_index
= 0;
437 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
438 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
439 event_record_index
++;
446 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
448 struct x_display_info
*
449 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
452 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
454 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
455 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
461 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
462 #define OPACITY "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY"
465 x_set_frame_alpha (f
)
468 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
469 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
470 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
472 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
475 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
!= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
)
476 /* Since the WM decoration lies under the FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW,
477 we must treat the former instead of the latter. */
478 win
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT(f
)->parent_desc
;
480 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
485 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
486 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
487 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
488 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
490 if (alpha
< 0.0 || 1.0 < alpha
)
492 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
495 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
497 /* return unless necessary */
502 unsigned long n
, left
;
504 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
505 rc
= XGetWindowProperty(dpy
, win
, XInternAtom(dpy
, OPACITY
, False
),
506 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
507 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
510 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
511 if (*(unsigned long *)data
== opac
)
513 XFree ((void *) data
);
518 XFree ((void *) data
);
522 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
523 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, XInternAtom (dpy
, OPACITY
, False
),
524 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
525 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
530 /***********************************************************************
531 Starting and ending an update
532 ***********************************************************************/
534 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
535 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
536 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
537 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
538 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
548 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
549 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
553 x_update_window_begin (w
)
556 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
557 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
560 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
564 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
566 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
567 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
569 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
571 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
572 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
574 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
575 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
576 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
577 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
578 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
579 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
581 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
582 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
583 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
584 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
585 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
586 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
587 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
591 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
592 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
595 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
596 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
605 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
608 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
612 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
615 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
617 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
620 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
621 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
624 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
626 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
627 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
629 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
630 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
631 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
633 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
634 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
638 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
640 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
642 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
644 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
649 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
651 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
653 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
654 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
659 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
660 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
661 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
663 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
664 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
665 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
668 updated_window
= NULL
;
672 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
679 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
680 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
684 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
690 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
691 complete update has been performed. The global variable
692 updated_window is not available here. */
695 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
700 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
702 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
703 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
706 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
707 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
708 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
709 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
710 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
717 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
718 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
719 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
720 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
721 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
722 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
725 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
726 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
728 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
734 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
735 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
737 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
738 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
739 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
740 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
741 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
742 overhead is very small. */
743 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
744 && desired_row
->full_width_p
745 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
746 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
748 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
751 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
753 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
754 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
755 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
759 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
760 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
761 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
762 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
763 y
, width
, height
, False
);
769 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
771 struct glyph_row
*row
;
772 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
774 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
775 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
776 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
777 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
778 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
781 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
782 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
785 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
788 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
789 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
790 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
791 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
793 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
796 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
800 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
802 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
803 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
804 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
805 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
807 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
809 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
811 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
812 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
813 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
814 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
815 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
816 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
817 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
818 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
820 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
824 int left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
825 int width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
826 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
830 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
831 if (left
+ width
== p
->x
)
832 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
833 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== left
)
837 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
839 nx
= width
- sb_width
;
840 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
842 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
847 if (left
+ width
== bx
)
849 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
850 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
852 else if (bx
+ nx
== left
)
853 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
858 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
859 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
862 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
868 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
869 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
873 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
875 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
877 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
879 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
881 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
882 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
884 face
->background
, depth
);
888 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
889 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
892 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
893 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
894 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
895 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
898 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
899 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
900 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
904 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
905 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
906 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
910 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
915 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
916 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
917 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
921 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
925 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
926 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
929 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
934 /***********************************************************************
936 ***********************************************************************/
940 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
941 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
942 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
944 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
945 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
946 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
947 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
948 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
949 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
950 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
951 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
952 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
953 unsigned long *, double, int));
954 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
955 double, int, unsigned long));
956 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
957 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
958 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
959 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
960 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
961 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
963 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
964 int, int, int, int, int, int,
966 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
967 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
970 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct font
*));
974 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
979 struct glyph_string
*s
;
981 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
982 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
983 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
985 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
988 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
992 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
993 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
995 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
996 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
997 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
998 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
999 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1000 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1001 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1003 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1004 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1005 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1007 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1008 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1011 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1012 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1013 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1015 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1016 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1019 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1020 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1022 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1027 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1030 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1031 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1036 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1037 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1038 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1040 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1042 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1043 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1045 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1046 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1047 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1049 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1050 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1053 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1058 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1059 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1060 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1061 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1063 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1064 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1067 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1068 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1070 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1073 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1077 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1078 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1079 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1082 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1083 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1085 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1089 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1090 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1094 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1095 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1097 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1099 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1101 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1102 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1104 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1106 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1107 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1109 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1111 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1114 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1116 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1117 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1119 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1120 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1122 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1123 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1127 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1128 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1131 /* GC must have been set. */
1132 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1136 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1137 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1140 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1141 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1143 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1144 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1147 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1152 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1153 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1157 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (src
, dst
)
1158 struct glyph_string
*src
, *dst
;
1163 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1165 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1168 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1173 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1176 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1177 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1180 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1182 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1183 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1184 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1187 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1188 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1189 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1190 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1191 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1192 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1196 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1197 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1202 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1205 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1206 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1210 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1211 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1212 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1213 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1217 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1218 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1219 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1220 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1221 contains the first component of a composition. */
1224 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1225 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1228 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1229 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1230 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1232 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1236 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1237 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1238 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1239 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1240 s
->background_width
,
1241 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1242 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1243 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1245 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1246 || s
->font_not_found_p
1247 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1250 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1251 s
->background_width
,
1252 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1253 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1259 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1262 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1263 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1267 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1268 of S to the right of that box line. */
1269 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1270 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1271 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1275 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1277 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1279 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1281 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1282 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1283 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1285 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1290 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1291 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1294 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1295 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1297 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1299 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1300 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1302 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1303 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1304 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1308 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1311 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1312 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1316 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1317 of S to the right of that box line. */
1318 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1319 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1320 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1324 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1325 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1326 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1327 this composition. */
1329 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1330 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1331 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1334 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1335 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1339 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1343 if (s
->cmp
->method
== COMPOSITION_WITH_GLYPH_STRING
)
1345 Lisp_Object gstring
= AREF (XHASH_TABLE (composition_hash_table
)
1347 s
->cmp
->hash_index
* 2);
1350 for (i
= from
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1352 Lisp_Object g
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1353 Lisp_Object adjustment
= LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (g
);
1354 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1356 if (! VECTORP (adjustment
))
1358 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (g
);
1363 font
->driver
->draw (s
, from
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1366 xoff
= XINT (AREF (adjustment
, 0));
1367 yoff
= XINT (AREF (adjustment
, 1));
1368 wadjust
= XINT (AREF (adjustment
, 2));
1370 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1376 font
->driver
->draw (s
, from
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1380 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->gidx
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1381 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1383 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1384 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1386 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1387 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1388 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1395 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1397 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1398 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1399 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1400 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1401 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1404 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1405 cannot be determined. */
1407 static struct frame
*
1408 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1411 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1415 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1417 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1418 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1419 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1420 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1421 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1422 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1424 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1425 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1426 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1427 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1428 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1430 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1431 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1432 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1439 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1440 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1441 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1442 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1445 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1450 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1451 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1455 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1456 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1457 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1458 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1459 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1460 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1463 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1467 unsigned long *pixel
;
1471 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1472 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1476 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1477 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1479 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1481 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1483 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1488 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1489 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1491 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1494 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1496 DPY is the display we are working on.
1498 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1499 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1500 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1501 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1503 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1504 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1506 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1507 we allocated the color or not.
1509 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1512 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1516 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1517 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1527 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1528 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1530 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1534 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1535 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1536 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1538 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1540 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1541 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1543 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1545 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1546 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1548 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1549 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1551 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1552 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1557 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1559 params
[0] = color_name
;
1560 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1561 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1562 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1567 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1569 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1571 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1575 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1579 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1580 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1583 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1588 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1589 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1590 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1592 APP is the application context in which we work.
1594 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1595 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1596 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1598 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1601 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1610 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1612 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1615 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1617 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1618 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1619 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1620 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1621 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1626 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1629 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1630 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1631 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1632 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1634 static const XColor
*
1635 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1639 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1641 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1643 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1646 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1647 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1648 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1649 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1650 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1652 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1653 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1655 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1656 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1659 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1660 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1664 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1665 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1668 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1673 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1675 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1678 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1680 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1681 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1682 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1683 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1687 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1691 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1692 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1695 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1699 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1703 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1704 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1705 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1709 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1716 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1719 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1720 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1721 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1722 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1724 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1726 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1728 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1730 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1731 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1732 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1733 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1735 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1738 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1742 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1743 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1744 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1745 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1749 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1750 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1751 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1752 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1753 XColor
*cached_color
;
1755 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1756 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1757 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1758 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1759 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1761 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1762 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1763 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1767 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1769 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1770 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1776 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1777 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1778 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1782 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1787 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1788 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1792 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1793 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1794 get color reference counts right. */
1797 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1799 unsigned long pixel
;
1803 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1805 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1806 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1808 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1809 register_color (pixel
);
1815 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1816 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1817 get color reference counts right. */
1820 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1823 unsigned long pixel
;
1827 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1829 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1830 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1832 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1833 register_color (pixel
);
1839 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1842 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1843 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1844 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1845 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1846 use an additional additive factor.
1848 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1849 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1850 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1853 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1854 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1855 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1856 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1857 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1858 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1861 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1865 unsigned long *pixel
;
1873 /* Get RGB color values. */
1874 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1875 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1877 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1878 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1879 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1880 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1881 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1883 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1884 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1886 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1887 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1888 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1889 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1890 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1892 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1893 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1894 /* The additive adjustment. */
1895 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1899 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1900 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1901 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1905 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1906 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1907 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1911 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1912 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1915 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1917 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1918 delta to the RGB values. */
1919 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1921 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1922 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1923 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1924 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1935 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1936 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1937 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1938 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1939 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1940 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1943 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1945 struct relief
*relief
;
1948 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1951 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1952 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1953 unsigned long pixel
;
1954 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1955 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1956 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1957 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1959 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1960 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1962 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1963 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1964 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1966 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1968 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1969 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1972 /* Allocate new color. */
1973 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1975 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1976 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1978 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1979 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1982 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1984 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1986 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1989 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1993 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1996 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
1997 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1999 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
2000 unsigned long color
;
2002 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
2003 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
2004 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
2006 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
2007 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2012 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2013 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2014 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2017 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2018 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2020 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2021 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2022 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2023 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2024 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2029 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2030 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2031 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2032 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2033 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2034 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2038 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2039 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2041 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2042 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2043 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2045 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2046 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2051 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2053 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2054 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2058 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2059 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2060 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2061 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2065 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2066 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2067 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2069 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2071 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2073 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2074 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2078 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2079 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2080 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2081 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2085 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2086 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2087 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2089 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2093 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2094 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2095 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2096 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2097 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2098 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2101 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2102 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2103 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2104 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2105 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2109 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2110 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2111 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2114 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2115 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2119 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2120 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2123 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2124 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2128 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2129 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2131 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2132 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2136 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2139 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2140 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2142 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2143 int left_p
, right_p
;
2144 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2145 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2147 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2148 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2149 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2151 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2152 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2154 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2156 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2157 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2159 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2161 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2163 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2165 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2166 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2168 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2169 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2170 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2172 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2174 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2176 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2177 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2178 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2181 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2182 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2183 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2188 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2191 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2192 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2195 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2197 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2198 right of that line. */
2199 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2200 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2202 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2204 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2206 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2207 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2208 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2209 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2215 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2216 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2217 trust on the shape extension to be available
2218 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2220 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2223 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2225 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2226 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2227 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2228 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2229 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2231 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2234 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2235 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2236 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2237 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2238 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2239 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2243 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2245 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2248 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2249 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2250 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2251 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2252 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2253 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2255 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2256 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2257 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2258 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2259 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2260 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2261 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2263 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2265 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2267 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2268 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2273 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2274 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2275 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2279 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2282 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2283 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2285 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2288 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2290 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2291 right of that line. */
2292 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2293 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2295 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2297 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2299 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2300 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2301 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2302 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2304 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2305 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2307 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2308 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2312 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2313 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2318 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1;
2319 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1;
2321 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2322 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2323 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2325 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2327 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2332 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2335 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2336 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2340 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2342 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2343 right of that line. */
2344 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2345 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2347 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2349 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2351 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2352 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2353 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2354 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2360 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2361 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2362 trust on the shape extension to be available
2363 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2365 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2369 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2370 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2371 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2372 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2373 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2375 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2376 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2377 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2378 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2382 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2383 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2384 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2386 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2387 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2388 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2389 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2390 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2391 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2392 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2394 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2396 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2397 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2398 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2403 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2404 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2405 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2409 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2410 give the rectangle to draw. */
2413 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2414 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2419 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2420 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2421 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2422 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2425 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2429 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2432 s->x +-------------------------
2435 | +-------------------------
2438 | | +-------------------
2444 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2445 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2447 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2448 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2450 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2453 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2454 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2455 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2456 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2458 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2459 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2461 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2462 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2466 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2467 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2471 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2472 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2473 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2474 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2475 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2477 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2478 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2479 s
->background_width
,
2482 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2484 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2486 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2489 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2490 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2491 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2492 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2493 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2494 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2495 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2500 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2502 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2503 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2504 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2505 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2513 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2515 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2517 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2518 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2520 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2523 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2526 /* Draw the foreground. */
2529 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2530 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2531 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2532 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2533 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2536 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2538 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2540 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2541 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2542 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2546 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2549 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2550 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2552 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2554 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2555 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2557 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2558 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2559 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2560 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2564 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2567 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2570 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2572 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2573 if (width
< background_width
)
2576 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2581 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2582 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2584 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2590 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2591 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2593 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2595 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2596 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2597 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2598 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2603 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2604 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2605 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2606 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2610 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2612 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2613 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2615 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2616 except for header line and mode line. */
2617 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2619 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2622 if (background_width
> 0)
2623 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2626 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2630 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2633 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2634 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2636 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2638 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2639 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2640 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2641 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2644 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2646 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
; next
;
2647 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2648 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2650 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2651 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2652 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2653 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2657 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2658 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2660 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2661 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2662 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2663 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2664 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2665 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2668 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2669 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2670 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2671 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2674 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2676 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2677 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2678 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2679 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2680 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2681 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2683 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2685 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2688 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2692 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2696 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2697 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2699 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2700 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2703 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2704 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
2705 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2707 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2708 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2715 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2717 /* Draw underline. */
2718 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2720 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2723 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2725 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2726 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2727 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2731 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2732 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2733 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2736 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2737 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2740 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2741 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2742 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2743 specs, and its default is
2745 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2746 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2748 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2749 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2750 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2752 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2754 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2756 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2757 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2758 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2759 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2760 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2761 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2762 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2763 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2764 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2765 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2766 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2767 s
->x
, y
, s
->background_width
, thickness
);
2771 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2772 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2773 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2774 s
->x
, y
, s
->background_width
, thickness
);
2775 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2779 /* Draw overline. */
2780 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2782 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2784 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2785 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2786 s
->background_width
, h
);
2790 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2791 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2792 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2793 s
->background_width
, h
);
2794 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2798 /* Draw strike-through. */
2799 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2801 unsigned long h
= 1;
2802 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2804 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2805 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2810 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2811 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2812 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2814 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2818 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2819 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2820 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2824 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2826 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2827 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2828 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2830 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2831 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2832 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2835 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2836 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2837 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2838 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2840 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2841 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2843 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2849 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2851 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2852 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2853 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2855 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2856 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2857 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2860 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2861 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2862 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2863 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2865 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2866 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2868 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2873 /* Reset clipping. */
2874 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2878 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2881 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2883 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2885 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2886 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2887 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2891 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2895 x_delete_glyphs (f
, n
)
2903 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2904 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2907 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2914 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2915 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2919 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2922 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2924 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2926 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2927 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2928 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2930 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2931 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2933 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2935 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2936 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2937 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2939 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2946 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2948 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2949 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2951 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2954 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2955 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2958 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2959 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2961 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2962 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2963 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2965 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2966 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2970 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2972 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2973 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2977 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2979 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2980 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2982 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2984 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2996 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2997 pixels into background pixels. */
3001 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3002 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3003 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3005 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3006 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3010 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3011 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3012 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3013 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3014 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3015 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3016 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3020 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3021 edge it is next to. */
3022 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3024 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3025 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3028 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3029 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3036 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3038 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3039 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3041 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3043 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3044 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
3045 width
, flash_height
);
3046 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3048 (height
- flash_height
3049 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3050 width
, flash_height
);
3053 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3054 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3055 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3056 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3061 struct timeval wakeup
;
3063 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
3065 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3066 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
3067 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
3068 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
3070 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3072 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3074 struct timeval current
;
3075 struct timeval timeout
;
3077 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
3079 /* Break if result would be negative. */
3080 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
3083 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3085 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
3087 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3088 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3092 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3093 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3095 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3097 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3098 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
3099 width
, flash_height
);
3100 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3102 (height
- flash_height
3103 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3104 width
, flash_height
);
3107 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3108 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3109 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3110 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3112 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3120 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3123 /* Make audible bell. */
3128 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3130 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3132 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3139 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3140 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3147 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3148 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3149 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3150 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3153 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3156 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3161 /***********************************************************************
3163 ***********************************************************************/
3165 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3166 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3169 x_ins_del_lines (f
, vpos
, n
)
3177 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3180 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3184 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3185 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3187 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3188 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3190 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3192 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3193 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3194 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3198 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3199 line at the bottom. */
3200 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3201 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3203 height
= run
->height
;
3207 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3209 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3210 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3212 height
= run
->height
;
3217 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3221 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3222 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3223 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3233 /***********************************************************************
3235 ***********************************************************************/
3242 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3243 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3244 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3245 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3247 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3248 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3250 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3251 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3255 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3258 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3259 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3260 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3261 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3263 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3264 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3266 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3267 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3270 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3271 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3272 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3273 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3274 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3277 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3278 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3279 struct frame
*frame
;
3281 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3283 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3285 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3286 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3287 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3289 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3290 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3293 selected_frame
= frame
;
3294 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3296 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
, Qnil
);
3297 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3300 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3301 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3303 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3306 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3309 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3310 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3311 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3314 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3317 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3318 struct frame
*frame
;
3319 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3321 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3323 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3325 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3326 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3328 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3329 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3330 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3331 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3332 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3334 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3335 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3339 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3342 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3343 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3346 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3348 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3350 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3352 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3353 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3357 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3358 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3363 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3364 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3366 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3369 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3370 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3372 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3374 struct frame
*frame
;
3376 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3380 switch (event
->type
)
3385 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3387 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3389 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3390 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3391 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3392 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3394 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3400 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3401 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3402 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3403 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3407 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3409 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3410 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3411 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3418 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3421 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3422 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3424 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3427 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3428 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3429 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3431 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3432 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3433 the appropriate X display info. */
3436 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3437 struct frame
*frame
;
3439 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3443 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3444 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3446 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3448 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3450 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3451 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3452 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3453 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3454 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3456 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3457 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3461 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3463 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3466 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3467 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3468 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3474 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3476 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3478 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3479 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3481 int min_code
, max_code
;
3484 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3486 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3487 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3488 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3489 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3490 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3492 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3494 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3495 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3497 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3499 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3500 Alt keysyms are on. */
3502 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3503 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3505 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3507 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3508 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3510 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3512 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3516 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3520 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3522 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3528 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3529 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3534 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3535 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3540 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3541 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3542 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3543 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3548 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3549 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3550 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3551 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3555 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3556 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3557 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3558 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3559 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3568 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3569 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3571 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3572 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3575 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3576 make them just meta, not alt. */
3577 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3579 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3582 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3583 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3586 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3590 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3591 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3594 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3595 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3596 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3597 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3600 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3601 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3602 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3603 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3604 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3605 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3606 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3607 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3610 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3611 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3612 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3613 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3614 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3615 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3619 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3620 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3623 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3624 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3625 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3626 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3630 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3631 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3632 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3633 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3634 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3635 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3636 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3637 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3640 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3641 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3642 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3643 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3644 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3645 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3648 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3651 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3657 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3665 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3667 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3669 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3673 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3674 struct input_event
*result
;
3675 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3678 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3680 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3681 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3682 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3683 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3685 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3689 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3690 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3691 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3697 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3698 The input handler calls this.
3700 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3701 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3702 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3703 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3705 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3706 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3709 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3711 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3713 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3714 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3715 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3717 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3720 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3722 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3723 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3724 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3725 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3730 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3731 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3732 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3733 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3734 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3735 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3737 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3738 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3739 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3740 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3741 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3742 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3750 /************************************************************************
3752 ************************************************************************/
3755 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3757 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3758 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3759 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3760 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3761 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3766 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3767 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3769 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3770 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3771 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3772 position on the scroll bar.
3774 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3775 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3778 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3779 was at this position.
3781 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3783 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3787 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3790 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3791 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3793 unsigned long *time
;
3799 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3800 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3806 Window dummy_window
;
3809 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3811 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3812 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3813 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3814 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3815 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3817 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3819 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3820 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3821 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3823 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3826 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3827 a different screen. */
3830 /* The position on that root window. */
3833 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3836 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3838 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3840 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3841 containing the pointer. */
3845 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3849 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3850 structure is changing at the same time this function
3851 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3853 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3855 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3856 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3858 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3859 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3860 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3862 /* From-window, to-window. */
3863 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3865 /* From-position, to-position. */
3866 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3870 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3876 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3878 /* From-window, to-window. */
3881 /* From-position, to-position. */
3882 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3887 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3895 /* Now we know that:
3896 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3897 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3898 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3899 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3900 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3901 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3902 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3903 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3904 never use them in that case.) */
3906 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3907 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3909 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3910 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3913 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3914 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3916 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3919 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3922 x_uncatch_errors ();
3924 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3927 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3929 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3933 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3939 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3940 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3944 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3945 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3946 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3947 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3948 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3949 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3950 the frame are divided into. */
3952 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3953 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
3958 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3959 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3960 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3970 /***********************************************************************
3972 ***********************************************************************/
3974 /* Scroll bar support. */
3976 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
3978 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3981 static struct scroll_bar
*
3982 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
3988 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3989 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
3990 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
3992 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
3994 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
3996 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3997 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
3998 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
4001 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4004 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4006 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4007 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4008 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4009 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4010 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4013 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4014 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4015 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4016 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4023 #if defined USE_LUCID
4025 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4026 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4029 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
4034 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4036 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
4038 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4039 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4041 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4049 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4052 /************************************************************************
4054 ************************************************************************/
4056 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4058 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
4059 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
4060 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
4061 struct scroll_bar
*));
4062 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
4066 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4067 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4069 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4071 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4073 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4075 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4076 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4079 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4081 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4083 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4085 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4086 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4087 to avoid jerkyness. */
4089 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4091 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4092 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4093 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4094 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4097 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
4100 XtPointer client_data
;
4104 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4110 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4111 end_action
= "Release";
4112 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4113 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4114 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4115 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4118 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4119 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4123 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4124 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4125 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4127 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4129 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4130 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4131 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4133 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4134 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4136 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4137 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4140 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4142 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4143 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4145 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4146 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4149 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4150 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4151 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4152 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4155 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4157 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4160 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4161 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4162 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4167 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4168 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4169 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4170 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4171 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4174 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4175 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4176 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4177 into that array in the event. */
4178 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4179 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4182 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4184 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4185 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4186 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4188 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4190 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4191 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4194 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4195 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4196 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4197 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4198 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4199 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4201 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4202 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4203 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4204 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4207 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4208 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4209 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4210 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4215 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4219 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4221 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4223 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4228 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4229 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4231 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4232 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4234 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4235 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4238 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4240 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4242 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4243 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4244 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4245 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4246 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4252 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4254 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4257 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4258 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4259 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4262 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4264 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4266 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4267 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4268 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4272 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4273 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4274 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4277 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4278 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4279 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4282 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4283 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4284 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4287 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4288 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4289 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4293 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4294 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4297 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4298 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4299 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4306 /* Get the slider size. */
4308 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4311 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4312 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4313 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4314 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4318 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4324 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4325 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4326 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4330 #elif defined USE_GTK
4332 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4333 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4336 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4340 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4346 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4347 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4349 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4351 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4354 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4356 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4362 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4364 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4366 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4368 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4369 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4371 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4373 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4374 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4376 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4378 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4379 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4381 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4383 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4384 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4388 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4389 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4390 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4391 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4396 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4397 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4398 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4402 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4404 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4405 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4406 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4410 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4412 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4414 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4415 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4417 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4420 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4422 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4426 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4428 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4429 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4430 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4431 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4432 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4434 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4436 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4438 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4439 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4440 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4441 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4445 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4446 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4447 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4448 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4449 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4450 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4451 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4454 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4456 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4458 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4459 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4460 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4464 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4466 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4469 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4470 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4472 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4473 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4474 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4475 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4477 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4479 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4480 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4481 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4482 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4485 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4487 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4489 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4490 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4494 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4496 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4498 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4501 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4506 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4509 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4511 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4517 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4518 unsigned long pixel
;
4523 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4524 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4525 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4526 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4527 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4528 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4529 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4530 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4532 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4535 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4539 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4542 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4546 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4547 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4549 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4550 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4552 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4554 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4556 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4558 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4560 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4562 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4565 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4566 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4568 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4569 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4570 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4571 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4573 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4575 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4576 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4577 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4578 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4579 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4580 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4581 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4582 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4584 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4587 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4591 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4594 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4598 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4600 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4601 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4603 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4604 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4605 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4607 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4609 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4611 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4612 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4613 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4615 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4618 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4619 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4620 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4621 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4622 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4623 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4625 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4629 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4630 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4631 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4633 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4635 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4638 /* Specify the colors. */
4639 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4642 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4645 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4648 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4654 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4655 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4659 char *val
= initial
;
4660 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4661 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4662 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4664 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4665 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4666 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4667 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4668 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4669 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4673 /* Define callbacks. */
4674 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4675 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4678 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4679 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4681 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4683 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4684 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4685 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4686 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4688 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4689 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4690 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4691 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4695 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4698 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4699 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4703 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4704 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4705 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4707 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4710 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4712 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4713 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4714 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4716 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4717 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4724 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4725 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4726 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4727 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4728 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4729 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4730 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4731 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4732 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4733 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4734 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4735 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4736 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4737 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4744 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4745 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4748 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4752 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4753 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4755 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4756 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4757 size
= max (size
, 1);
4759 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4760 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4761 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4763 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4765 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4771 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4772 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4776 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4778 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4779 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4780 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4784 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4785 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4786 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4789 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4790 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4792 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4793 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4794 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4795 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4797 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4798 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4801 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4802 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4803 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4805 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4809 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4813 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4815 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4819 /************************************************************************
4820 Scroll bars, general
4821 ************************************************************************/
4823 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4824 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4825 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4828 static struct scroll_bar
*
4829 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4831 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4833 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4834 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4835 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4839 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4840 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4841 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4843 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4847 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4848 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4849 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4851 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4852 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4854 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4856 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4858 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4859 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4860 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4861 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4862 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4864 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4866 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4867 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4868 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4870 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4872 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4879 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4881 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4883 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4887 bar
->height
= height
;
4890 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4891 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4893 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4894 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4896 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4897 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4898 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4900 /* Map the window/widget. */
4901 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4904 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4907 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4908 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4910 xg_show_scroll_bar (bar
->x_window
);
4911 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4912 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4913 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4914 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4916 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4917 max (height
, 1), 0);
4918 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4919 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4921 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4922 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
4923 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4930 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4932 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4934 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4935 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4936 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4939 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4940 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4941 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4942 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4943 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4946 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4947 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4951 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4952 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
4953 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4954 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4956 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4958 && start
== bar
->start
4965 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
4966 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
4967 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
4969 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4970 the distance between start and end. */
4972 int length
= end
- start
;
4976 else if (start
> top_range
)
4978 end
= start
+ length
;
4982 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
4986 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
4990 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
4991 if (end
> top_range
)
4994 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
4995 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
4996 that many pixels tall. */
4997 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
4999 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5000 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5002 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5003 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5004 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5005 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5006 inside_width
, start
,
5009 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5010 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5011 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5012 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5014 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5015 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5016 /* x, y, width, height */
5017 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5018 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5019 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5021 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5022 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5023 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5024 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5026 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5027 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5028 if (end
< inside_height
)
5029 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5030 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5031 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5032 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5033 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5041 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5043 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5047 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
5048 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5050 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5053 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5055 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5056 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5057 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5058 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5060 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5063 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5064 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5070 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5071 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5072 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5076 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
5078 int portion
, whole
, position
;
5080 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5081 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5082 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5083 int window_y
, window_height
;
5084 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5085 int fringe_extended_p
;
5088 /* Get window dimensions. */
5089 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5091 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5092 height
= window_height
;
5094 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5095 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5097 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5098 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5099 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5100 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5104 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5105 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5106 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5107 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5109 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5111 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5112 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5117 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5118 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5119 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5120 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5121 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5122 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5124 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5125 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5126 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5127 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5130 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5131 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5133 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5136 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5137 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5138 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5139 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5142 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5143 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5147 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5151 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5152 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5154 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5158 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5160 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5162 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5164 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5167 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5169 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5170 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5172 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5173 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5174 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5176 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5177 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5178 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5180 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5181 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5184 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5187 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5188 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5190 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5191 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5192 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5194 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5195 max (height
, 1), 0);
5196 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5198 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5200 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5201 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5202 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5204 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5205 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5207 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5208 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5209 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5213 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5214 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5215 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5218 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5219 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5220 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5222 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5223 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5224 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5225 rest
, height
, False
);
5227 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5228 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5232 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5237 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5239 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5241 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5245 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5247 /* Remember new settings. */
5248 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5250 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5251 bar
->height
= height
;
5256 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5257 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5259 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5260 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5261 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5263 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5265 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5268 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5271 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5272 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5273 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5276 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5278 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5282 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5283 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5284 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5285 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5286 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5287 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5288 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5290 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5291 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5292 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5295 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5298 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5299 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5302 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5303 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5304 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5305 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5306 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5307 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5308 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5313 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5314 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5317 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5318 struct window
*window
;
5320 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5323 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5324 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5327 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5329 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5330 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5331 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5333 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5335 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5336 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5338 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5339 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5340 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5342 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5343 one or the other! */
5347 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5349 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5350 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5352 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5354 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5355 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5356 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5359 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5360 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5363 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5366 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5368 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5370 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5371 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5372 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5374 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5376 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5378 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5381 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5384 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5385 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5389 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5390 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5391 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5393 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5397 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5398 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5401 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5402 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5403 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5404 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5408 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5410 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5411 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5412 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5413 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5415 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5416 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5418 /* x, y, width, height */
5420 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5423 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5424 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5425 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5426 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5431 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5433 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5434 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5436 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5441 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5442 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5444 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5446 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5449 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5450 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5451 emacs_event
->modifiers
5452 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5453 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5454 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5455 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5458 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5459 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5460 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5463 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5465 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5468 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5469 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5472 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5475 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5476 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5477 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5479 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5481 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5482 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5483 whether or not we're dragging. */
5485 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5487 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5488 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5489 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- bar
->start
);
5492 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5493 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5494 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5495 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5497 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5498 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5500 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5501 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5505 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5507 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5509 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5510 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5512 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5514 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5517 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5521 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5523 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5525 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5529 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5530 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5533 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5535 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5538 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5540 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5541 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5543 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5544 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5546 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5548 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5550 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5555 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5557 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5558 on the scroll bar. */
5561 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5563 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5564 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5566 unsigned long *time
;
5568 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5569 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5570 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5572 Window dummy_window
;
5574 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5578 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5580 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5582 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5583 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5584 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5586 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5589 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5596 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5599 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5601 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5603 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5604 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5608 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5612 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5614 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5615 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5616 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5617 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5618 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5619 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5621 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5623 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5624 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5627 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5630 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5636 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5637 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5638 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5642 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5645 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5648 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5649 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5650 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5651 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5652 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5653 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5654 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5655 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5657 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5661 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5664 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5665 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5666 sometimes don't work. */
5668 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5671 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5672 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5673 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5674 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5676 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5677 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5679 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5681 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5682 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5684 static int temp_index
;
5685 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5687 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5688 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5690 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5692 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5693 on a particular display. */
5695 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5697 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5698 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5699 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5700 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5702 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5704 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5707 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5708 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5709 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5710 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5711 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5712 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5716 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5717 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5727 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5728 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5729 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5731 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5733 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5737 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5738 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5741 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5742 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5743 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5746 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5747 event
->xclient
.window
);
5749 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5754 static int current_count
;
5755 static int current_finish
;
5756 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5758 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5759 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5760 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5761 static GdkFilterReturn
5762 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5767 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5769 if (current_count
>= 0)
5771 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5773 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5776 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5777 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5778 so we do it here. */
5779 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5780 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5781 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5785 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5789 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5794 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5796 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5797 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5799 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5801 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5804 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5806 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5807 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5808 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5810 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5813 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5814 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5817 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5820 struct input_event ie
;
5821 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5826 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5827 struct coding_system coding
;
5828 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5830 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5832 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5833 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5840 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5841 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5842 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5844 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5845 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5847 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5848 could be the shell widget window
5849 if the frame has no title bar. */
5850 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5852 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5853 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5854 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5856 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5857 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5858 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5859 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5860 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5863 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5864 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5865 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5866 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5869 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5870 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5871 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5874 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5875 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5876 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5878 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5879 /* The ICCCM says this is
5880 the only valid choice. */
5882 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5883 /* This is needed to detect the error
5884 if there is an error. */
5886 x_uncatch_errors ();
5888 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5893 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5894 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5896 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5897 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5898 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5899 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5900 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5901 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5902 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5903 session manager and one for this. */
5905 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5908 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5909 event
.xclient
.window
);
5910 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5911 for a single Emacs process. */
5912 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5913 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5914 event
.xclient
.window
,
5915 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5917 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5918 event
.xclient
.window
,
5924 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5925 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5927 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5928 event
.xclient
.window
);
5930 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5932 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5933 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5940 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5941 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5946 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5947 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5950 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5952 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5953 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5957 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5964 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5965 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5967 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5969 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5973 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5975 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5976 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5977 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5978 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5980 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5981 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5982 currently never do because we are interested in
5983 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5984 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5985 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5988 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5989 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5993 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5994 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5995 we construct an input_event. */
5996 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5997 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5999 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
6000 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6003 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6005 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
6006 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6007 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
6009 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6010 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
6011 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6013 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6017 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6020 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6021 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6025 case SelectionNotify
:
6026 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6027 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6028 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6030 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6031 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6034 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6035 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6036 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6037 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6039 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6041 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
6043 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6044 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6045 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6046 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6047 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6051 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6052 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6053 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6054 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6056 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6058 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
6059 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
6061 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6062 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6063 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6064 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6065 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6066 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6067 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6068 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6072 case PropertyNotify
:
6073 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6074 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
6075 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
6076 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
6077 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
6078 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
6082 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6085 case ReparentNotify
:
6086 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6090 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6091 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6095 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6096 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6097 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6102 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6105 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6108 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6109 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6110 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6111 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6112 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6115 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6117 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6118 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6119 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6120 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6124 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6125 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6129 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6130 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6132 #if defined USE_LUCID
6133 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6134 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6135 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6138 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6140 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6142 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6144 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6145 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6147 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6148 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6149 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6152 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6153 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6156 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6157 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6161 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6162 source area was obscured or not
6164 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6168 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6169 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6170 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6172 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6175 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6178 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6179 source area was completely
6184 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6185 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6188 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6191 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6192 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6193 the frame was deleted. */
6195 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6196 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6197 display that won't ever be seen. */
6198 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6199 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6200 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6201 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6202 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6203 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6204 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6205 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6207 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6209 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6210 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6216 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6217 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6218 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6221 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6222 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6223 frame is visible. */
6224 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6227 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6228 the frame's display structures.
6229 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6230 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6231 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6232 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6233 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6234 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6236 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6237 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6238 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6242 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6243 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6245 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6246 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6247 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6248 to update the frame titles
6249 in case this is the second frame. */
6250 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6256 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6257 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6259 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6260 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6261 if (popup_activated ())
6265 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6267 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6268 mouse highlighting. */
6269 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6271 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6273 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6274 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6277 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6280 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6281 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6282 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6284 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6286 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6287 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6290 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6294 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6295 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6296 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6299 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6300 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6301 status_return even if the input is too long to
6302 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6303 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6304 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6305 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6306 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6307 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6308 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6310 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6314 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6315 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6316 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6318 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6322 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6323 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6324 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6326 /* This will have to go some day... */
6328 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6329 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6330 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6331 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6332 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6333 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6334 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6336 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6337 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6338 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6339 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6340 not it is combined with Meta. */
6341 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6342 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6347 Status status_return
;
6349 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6350 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6351 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6352 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6354 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6356 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6357 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6358 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6359 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6360 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6363 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6364 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6365 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6366 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6367 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6368 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6369 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6370 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6372 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6374 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6375 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6376 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6379 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6385 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6387 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6392 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6393 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6397 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6398 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6401 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6402 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6406 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6407 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6408 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6411 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6412 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6414 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6415 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6417 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6418 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6420 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6421 translations to characters. */
6422 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6423 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6425 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6426 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6430 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6431 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6433 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6434 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6436 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6437 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6441 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6442 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6443 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6447 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6448 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6449 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6450 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6454 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6455 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6456 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6457 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6458 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6459 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6461 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6462 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6464 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6465 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6466 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6467 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6468 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6469 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6471 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6472 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6474 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6475 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6477 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6478 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6480 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6481 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6483 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6484 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6486 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6487 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6489 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6490 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6492 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6493 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6495 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6496 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6498 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6499 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6501 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6502 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6504 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6505 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6507 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6508 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6510 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6511 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6512 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6513 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6514 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6515 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6516 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6517 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6518 don't have real modifiers but
6519 should be treated similarly to
6520 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6521 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6522 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6524 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6525 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6529 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6530 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6532 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6533 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6537 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6542 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6544 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6546 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6549 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6551 /* Decode the input data. */
6555 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6556 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6557 we used just above and the locale. */
6558 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6559 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6560 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6561 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6562 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6563 gives us composition information. */
6564 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6566 require
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6567 coding
.destination
= alloca (require
);
6568 coding
.dst_bytes
= require
;
6569 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6570 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6571 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6572 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6573 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6576 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6577 character events. */
6578 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6580 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6581 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6583 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6585 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6586 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6587 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6589 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6594 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6596 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6602 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6603 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6611 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6613 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6614 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6622 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6623 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6625 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6627 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6628 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6631 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6633 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6634 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6636 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6638 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6639 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6642 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6643 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6646 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6647 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6648 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6649 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6651 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6652 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6653 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6654 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6659 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6663 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6664 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6666 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6669 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6671 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6672 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6673 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6674 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6677 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6678 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6679 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6680 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6681 if (any_help_event_p
)
6685 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6686 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6687 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6692 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6697 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6698 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6699 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6701 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6702 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6703 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6705 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6707 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6709 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6710 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6716 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6717 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
))
6721 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6722 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6725 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6726 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6727 will be selected only when it is active. */
6728 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6729 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6730 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6731 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6732 create event iff we don't leave the
6734 && (focus_follows_mouse
6735 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6736 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6738 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6739 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6744 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6745 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6749 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6750 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6751 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6752 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6755 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6756 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6758 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6759 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6760 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6763 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6764 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6765 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6766 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6771 case ConfigureNotify
:
6772 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6775 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6776 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6778 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6779 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6785 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6787 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6788 do this one, the right one will come later.
6789 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6790 need to reset it below. */
6792 = ((f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6793 && f
->new_text_cols
!= 0);
6794 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6795 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6800 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6801 is called by the code that handles resizing
6802 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6804 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6805 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6806 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6807 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6808 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6809 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6810 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6812 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6813 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6814 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6817 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6818 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6819 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6823 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6824 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6825 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6826 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6829 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6831 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6832 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
6836 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6837 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6840 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
6842 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6843 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6844 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
6845 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
6853 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6854 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6857 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6858 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6859 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6861 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6863 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6864 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6866 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6870 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6871 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6872 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6875 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6876 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6878 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6879 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6881 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6883 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6884 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6885 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6886 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6891 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6892 if (! popup_activated ())
6895 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6897 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6898 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6900 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6901 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6903 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6904 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6907 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6909 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6910 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6911 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6915 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6916 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6917 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6919 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6920 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6922 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6924 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6925 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6927 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6929 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6930 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6933 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6935 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6936 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6939 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6942 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6944 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6945 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6946 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6950 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6951 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6952 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6953 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6954 Instead, save it away
6955 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6956 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6959 ! popup_activated ()
6960 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6961 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6964 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6965 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6966 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6967 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6968 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6969 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6970 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6971 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6973 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6974 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6976 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6979 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6981 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6985 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6986 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6987 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6989 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6991 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6992 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6993 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6998 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
7001 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
7005 case CirculateNotify
:
7008 case CirculateRequest
:
7011 case VisibilityNotify
:
7015 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
7017 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
7019 case MappingModifier
:
7020 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
7021 /* This is meant to fall through. */
7022 case MappingKeyboard
:
7023 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
7029 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7031 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
7032 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
7034 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7039 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
7041 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
7046 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
7051 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7057 any_help_event_p
= 1;
7058 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
7059 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7063 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7064 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7074 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7075 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7076 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7078 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7080 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
7084 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7085 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7087 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7090 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7096 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7097 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7098 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7100 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7101 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7102 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7105 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7108 XTread_socket (terminal
, expected
, hold_quit
)
7109 struct terminal
*terminal
;
7111 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
7115 int event_found
= 0;
7117 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7120 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7122 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7126 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7129 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7130 input_signal_count
++;
7135 /* Only check session manager input for the primary display. */
7136 if (terminal
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
7138 struct input_event inev
;
7140 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7141 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7142 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7144 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7151 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7152 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7154 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7155 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7158 #if 0 /* This loop is a noop now. */
7159 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
7160 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
7161 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
7163 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
7165 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
7166 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
7167 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
7168 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
7169 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
7170 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
7173 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
7174 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
7175 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
7176 for X connections. */
7179 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
7181 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
7182 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
7183 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7184 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
7186 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
7193 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7197 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7200 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7201 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7206 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7207 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7209 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7215 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7216 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7217 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7218 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7220 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7221 from all displays. */
7223 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7225 current_count
= count
;
7226 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7228 gtk_main_iteration ();
7230 count
= current_count
;
7232 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7234 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7237 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7241 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7242 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7245 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7246 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7247 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7249 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7253 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7254 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7256 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7258 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7259 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7263 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7265 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7266 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7268 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7269 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7281 /***********************************************************************
7283 ***********************************************************************/
7285 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7286 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7288 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7289 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7290 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7293 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, area
, gc
)
7295 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7299 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7300 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7301 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7303 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7305 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7306 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7307 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7308 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7309 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7311 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7315 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7318 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7320 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7322 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7323 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7324 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7327 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7330 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7331 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7332 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7333 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7336 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7337 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7338 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7340 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7341 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7342 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7343 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7344 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7346 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7347 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7348 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7350 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7351 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7352 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7353 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7357 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7359 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7360 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7361 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7365 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7367 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7369 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7371 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7372 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7374 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7375 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7377 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7378 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7381 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7382 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7383 the bar might not be in the window. */
7384 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7386 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7387 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7388 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7392 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7393 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7394 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7395 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7396 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7399 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7400 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7401 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7402 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7403 that the glyph is legible. */
7404 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7405 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7407 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7408 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7411 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7414 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7415 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7419 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7420 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7422 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7423 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7425 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7426 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7427 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7428 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7429 width
, row
->height
);
7431 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7432 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7433 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7434 row
->height
- width
),
7435 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
7438 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7443 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7446 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7450 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7454 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7457 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7459 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7461 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7462 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7466 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7469 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7471 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7473 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7476 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7480 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7481 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7483 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7484 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7486 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7487 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7490 switch (cursor_type
)
7492 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7493 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7496 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7497 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7501 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7505 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7509 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7517 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7518 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7519 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7524 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7531 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7534 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7540 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7543 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7544 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7545 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7546 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7551 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7552 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7553 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7555 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7556 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7557 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7561 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7562 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7566 #if defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7568 if (xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7571 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7573 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7574 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7575 #endif /* defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS) */
7577 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7580 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_xbm_bits
,
7581 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7585 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7586 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7590 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7591 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7592 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7593 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7594 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7596 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7599 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7600 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7606 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7607 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7610 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7614 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7619 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7620 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7622 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7623 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7626 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7627 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7628 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7629 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7634 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7636 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7637 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7639 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7640 be called from a signal handler.
7643 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7644 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7646 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7648 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7650 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7651 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7652 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7655 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7659 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7660 x_error_message
->string
,
7661 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7664 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7665 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7668 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7669 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7670 stored in *x_error_message.
7672 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7673 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7675 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7677 void x_check_errors ();
7680 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7683 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7685 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7689 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7690 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7691 x_error_message
= data
;
7694 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7695 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7700 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7704 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7705 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7706 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7707 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7709 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7710 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7715 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7716 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7717 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7720 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7724 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7727 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7729 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7730 bcopy (x_error_message
->string
, string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7731 x_uncatch_errors ();
7732 error (format
, string
);
7736 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7737 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7740 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7743 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7746 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7749 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7752 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7755 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7758 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7759 * idea. --lorentey */
7760 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7763 x_fully_uncatch_errors ()
7765 while (x_error_message
)
7766 x_uncatch_errors ();
7770 /* Nonzero if x_catch_errors has been done and not yet canceled. */
7773 x_catching_errors ()
7775 return x_error_message
!= 0;
7779 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7782 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7787 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7788 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7789 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7790 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7791 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7794 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7795 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7798 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7799 must reestablish each time */
7800 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7805 /************************************************************************
7807 ************************************************************************/
7809 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7811 static char *error_msg
;
7813 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7814 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7815 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7818 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7820 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7824 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7825 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7828 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7830 char *error_message
;
7832 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7833 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7834 int index
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7836 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7837 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7838 handling_signal
= 0;
7840 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7841 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7842 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7843 the original message here. */
7844 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7846 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7847 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7851 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7853 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7854 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7857 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7858 that are on the dead display. */
7859 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7861 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7863 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7864 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7865 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7866 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7867 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7868 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7871 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7872 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7873 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7874 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7875 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7876 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7878 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
7879 trying to find a replacement. */
7880 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7881 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7884 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7885 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7886 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7888 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7889 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7890 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7892 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7893 in the first call to make-frame-on-display.
7895 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7896 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7897 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to circumvent it here. */
7901 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7902 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7903 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7905 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7906 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7907 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7908 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7913 /* Due to bugs in some Gtk+ versions, just exit here if this
7914 is the last display/terminal. */
7915 if (terminal_list
->next_terminal
== NULL
)
7917 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7918 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7921 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7924 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7925 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7927 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7928 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7929 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7930 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7935 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7936 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7940 x_uncatch_errors ();
7942 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7944 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7945 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7949 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7951 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7953 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7954 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7956 unbind_to (index
, Qnil
);
7957 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7958 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7959 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7960 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7961 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7964 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7965 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7966 static void x_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*, XErrorEvent
*));
7968 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7969 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7972 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7976 if (x_error_message
)
7977 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7979 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7983 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7984 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7985 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7987 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7989 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
7990 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
7995 /* Some versions of GNU/Linux define noinline in their headers. */
8001 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
8002 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
8004 static void NO_INLINE
8005 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
8009 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
8011 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
8012 or colors that are not defined. */
8014 if (error
->error_code
== BadName
)
8017 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
8018 original error handler. */
8020 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
8021 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
8022 buf
, error
->request_code
);
8023 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
8027 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
8028 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
8029 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
8032 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
8037 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
8038 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
8042 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
8044 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
8045 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
8046 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
8050 x_new_font (f
, font_object
, fontset
)
8052 Lisp_Object font_object
;
8055 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
8058 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
8059 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
8060 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
8061 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
8065 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
8066 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
8067 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
8068 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
8069 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
8071 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
8073 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
8074 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
8076 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8077 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
8078 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
8082 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8083 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
8086 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
8088 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
8089 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
8090 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
8091 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8092 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
8097 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
8100 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
8109 /***********************************************************************
8111 ***********************************************************************/
8117 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
8118 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
8119 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
8122 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
8124 XPointer client_data
;
8127 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
8128 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8132 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8133 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8135 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8136 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8138 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8139 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
8143 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8144 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8145 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8149 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8152 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8153 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
8156 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8157 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8160 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8161 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8162 char *resource_name
;
8169 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8176 XIMCallback destroy
;
8179 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8180 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8183 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8184 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8185 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8191 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8192 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8196 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8200 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8201 char *resource_name
;
8204 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8205 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8206 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8207 when the callback was registered. */
8210 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8212 XPointer client_data
;
8215 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8216 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8218 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8222 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8224 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8225 as they have no XIC. */
8226 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8228 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8231 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8233 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8236 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8237 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8239 create_frame_xic (f
);
8240 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8241 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8242 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8244 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8245 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8254 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8257 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8258 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8259 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8260 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8263 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8264 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8265 char *resource_name
;
8270 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8271 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8274 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8275 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8276 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8277 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8278 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8279 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8280 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8281 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8282 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8283 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8284 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8285 least, hence the configure test. */
8286 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8287 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8288 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8289 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8290 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8294 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8295 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8299 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8302 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8303 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8308 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8309 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8310 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8312 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8313 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8314 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8315 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8316 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8317 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8319 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8322 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8326 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8327 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8330 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8333 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8335 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8336 is already for the top-left corner. */
8337 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8340 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8341 position that fits on the screen. */
8342 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8343 f
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
8344 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
);
8347 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8349 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8350 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8351 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8353 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8354 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8355 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8356 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8359 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8360 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8362 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8365 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8366 f
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- height
+ f
->top_pos
);
8369 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8370 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8371 so the flags should correspond. */
8372 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8375 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8376 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8377 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8378 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8379 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8382 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8384 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8387 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8389 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8391 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8392 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8396 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8398 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8400 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8401 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8403 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8406 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8408 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8409 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8411 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8413 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8414 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8415 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8416 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8417 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8420 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8421 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8423 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8424 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8427 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8428 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8429 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8430 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8433 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8434 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8435 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8437 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8438 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8439 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8440 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8441 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8442 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8447 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8448 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8449 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8450 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8451 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8454 wm_supports (f
, atomname
)
8456 const char *atomname
;
8459 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8460 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8462 Window wmcheck_window
;
8463 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8464 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8465 long max_len
= 65536;
8466 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8467 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8468 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8473 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", False
);
8475 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8476 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8477 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8478 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8479 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8481 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8483 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8484 x_uncatch_errors ();
8489 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8492 /* Check if window exists. */
8493 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8495 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8497 x_uncatch_errors ();
8502 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8504 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8505 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8506 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8507 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8508 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8509 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8511 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8512 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTED", False
);
8514 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8515 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8516 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8517 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8519 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8521 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8522 x_uncatch_errors ();
8527 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8528 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8529 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8533 want_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, atomname
, False
);
8535 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8536 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8538 x_uncatch_errors ();
8544 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8547 do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
)
8550 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE");
8552 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8553 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8555 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN");
8560 const char *atom
= "_NET_WM_STATE";
8561 const char *fs
= "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN";
8562 const char *fw
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ";
8563 const char *fh
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT";
8564 const char *what
= NULL
;
8566 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8568 /* If there are _NET_ atoms we assume we have extended window manager
8570 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8572 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8575 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8578 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8583 if (what
!= NULL
&& !wm_supports (f
, what
)) return 0;
8586 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8587 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8589 Fcons (make_number (0), /* Remove */
8591 (make_unibyte_string (fs
,
8594 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8595 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8597 Fcons (make_number (0), /* Remove */
8599 (make_unibyte_string (fh
,
8602 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8603 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8605 Fcons (make_number (0), /* Remove */
8607 (make_unibyte_string (fw
,
8610 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8612 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8613 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8615 Fcons (make_number (1), /* Add */
8617 (make_unibyte_string (what
,
8622 return have_net_atom
;
8626 XTfullscreen_hook (f
)
8629 if (f
->async_visible
)
8632 do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
);
8639 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8640 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8642 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8645 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8647 int width
, height
, ign
;
8649 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8652 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8654 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8656 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8657 when setting WM manager hints.
8658 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8659 x_check_expected_move. */
8660 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8662 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8663 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8664 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8666 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8667 f
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8672 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8673 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8674 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8675 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8676 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8677 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8678 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8681 x_check_expected_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
)
8686 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8688 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8689 window manager window around the frame. */
8691 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8693 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8695 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8700 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8701 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8702 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8704 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8706 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8707 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8709 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8710 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8712 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8715 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8716 frame's position. */
8718 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8722 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8723 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8724 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8725 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8726 of an exact comparison. */
8729 x_sync_with_move (f
, left
, top
, fuzzy
)
8731 int left
, top
, fuzzy
;
8735 while (count
++ < 50)
8737 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8739 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8740 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8743 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8744 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8748 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8751 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8752 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8755 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8759 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8760 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8762 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8766 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8767 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8768 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8769 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8772 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8777 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8779 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8780 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8781 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8783 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8784 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8785 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8787 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8789 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8790 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
8792 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8793 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8795 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8796 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8797 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8799 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8800 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8801 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8802 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8804 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8805 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8806 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8807 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8808 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8810 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8812 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8813 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8814 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8816 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8817 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8818 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8819 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8820 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8822 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8826 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8827 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8828 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8829 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8832 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8840 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8841 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8843 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8846 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
8848 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8849 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8850 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8851 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8852 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
8853 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
8854 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
8855 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
8856 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
8859 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8861 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8863 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8865 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8867 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8868 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8870 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8871 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8872 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8873 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8874 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8879 /* Mouse warping. */
8882 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8888 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8889 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8891 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8892 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8894 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8895 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8899 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8900 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8904 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8907 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
8913 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8914 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8918 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8921 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
8924 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
8928 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8929 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8930 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8931 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8932 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8941 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8942 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8943 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8944 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8948 /* Raise frame F. */
8955 if (f
->async_visible
)
8956 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8958 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8962 /* Lower frame F. */
8968 if (f
->async_visible
)
8971 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8972 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8977 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8980 x_ewmh_activate_frame (f
)
8983 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8984 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8986 const char *atom
= "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW";
8987 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, atom
))
8990 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8991 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8992 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8994 Fcons (make_number (1),
8995 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
9001 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
9011 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9014 xembed_set_info (f
, flags
)
9016 enum xembed_info flags
;
9019 unsigned long data
[2];
9021 atom
= XInternAtom (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), "_XEMBED_INFO", False
);
9023 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
9026 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), atom
, atom
,
9027 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
9031 xembed_send_message (f
, time
, message
, detail
, data1
, data2
)
9034 enum xembed_message message
;
9041 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9042 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
9043 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
9044 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9045 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = time
;
9046 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = message
;
9047 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
9048 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
9049 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9051 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9052 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9053 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9056 /* Change of visibility. */
9058 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9059 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9060 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9061 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9062 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9063 finishes with it. */
9066 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
9070 int original_top
, original_left
;
9071 int retry_count
= 2;
9077 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9079 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9081 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9083 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9084 call x_set_offset a second time
9085 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9086 before the window gets really visible. */
9087 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9088 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9089 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9090 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9092 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9094 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9095 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9096 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9097 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9098 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9101 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9102 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9104 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9106 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9107 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9109 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9110 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9112 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9113 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9114 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9115 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
9116 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
9117 to come back ok without this. */
9118 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
9119 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9123 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9125 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9126 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9127 so that incoming events are handled. */
9131 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9132 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9133 will set it when they are handled. */
9134 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9136 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9137 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9139 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9142 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9144 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9145 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9146 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9147 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9149 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9150 because the window manager may choose the position
9151 and we don't want to override it. */
9153 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9154 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9155 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9156 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9157 && previously_visible
)
9161 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9165 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9166 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9167 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9168 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9169 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9170 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9171 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9172 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9173 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9175 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9176 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9177 original_left
, original_top
);
9182 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9184 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9185 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9186 MapNotify at all.. */
9187 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9188 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9190 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9193 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9194 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9195 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9196 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9197 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9199 if (input_polling_used ())
9201 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9202 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9203 handler reset it. */
9204 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
9205 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9206 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9207 poll_for_input_1 ();
9208 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9211 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9212 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9217 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9221 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9222 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9223 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9224 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9226 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
9231 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9233 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9236 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
9241 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9242 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9244 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9245 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9246 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9248 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
9249 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
9255 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9256 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9257 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9258 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9259 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9260 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9263 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9264 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9267 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9268 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9273 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9274 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9276 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9277 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9281 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9282 just by the event that we get from the server.
9283 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9284 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9285 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9287 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9288 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9289 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9296 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9305 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9306 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9307 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9309 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9314 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9316 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9318 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9321 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9323 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9324 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9326 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9329 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9330 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9336 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9338 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9340 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9341 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9342 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9343 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9344 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9345 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9346 so we have to record it here. */
9349 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9350 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9355 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9356 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9357 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9361 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9363 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9364 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9368 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9370 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9372 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9373 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9374 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9375 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9376 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9377 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9379 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9380 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9382 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9383 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9387 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9388 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9389 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9390 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9391 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9393 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9394 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9396 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9399 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9400 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9404 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9406 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9408 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9410 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9411 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9414 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9415 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9417 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9419 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9423 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9426 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
9429 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9431 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9435 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9436 commands to the X server. */
9437 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9439 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9440 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9442 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9443 free_frame_faces (f
);
9445 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9446 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9448 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9449 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9450 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9451 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9452 toolkit scroll bars. */
9453 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9455 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9456 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9465 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9466 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9468 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9469 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9471 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9472 we are using a toolkit. */
9473 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9474 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9476 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9477 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9480 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
9481 frames. We must check and free both types. */
9482 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9484 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9485 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9486 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
9488 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9490 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9491 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9492 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9494 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9495 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9496 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9497 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9498 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9499 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9501 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9502 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9503 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9504 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9505 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9506 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9507 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9508 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9509 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9510 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9511 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9512 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9513 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9514 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9515 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9517 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9518 free_frame_faces (f
);
9521 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9524 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9525 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9526 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9528 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9529 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9530 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9531 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9532 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9533 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9535 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9537 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9538 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9539 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9540 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9541 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9542 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9543 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9550 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9553 x_destroy_window (f
)
9556 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9558 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9559 commands to the X server. */
9560 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9561 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9563 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9567 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9569 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9570 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9571 that the window now has.
9572 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9573 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9574 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9578 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9583 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9585 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9588 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9591 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9593 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9594 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9596 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9597 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9599 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9600 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9601 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9602 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9603 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9604 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9605 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9606 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9607 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9608 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9610 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9611 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9612 size_hints
.max_width
9613 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9614 size_hints
.max_height
9615 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9617 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9619 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9620 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9621 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9623 int base_width
, base_height
;
9624 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9626 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9627 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9629 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9631 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9632 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9633 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9634 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9635 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9637 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9638 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9639 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9641 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9642 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9643 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9644 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9645 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9648 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9651 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9654 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9657 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9658 long supplied_return
;
9661 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9664 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9665 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9666 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9667 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9668 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9672 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9677 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9678 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9679 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9680 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9681 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9682 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9683 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9684 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9688 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9693 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9694 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9698 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9699 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9701 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9703 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9705 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9707 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9710 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9714 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9717 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9718 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9719 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9720 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9722 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9723 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9725 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9726 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9730 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9734 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9736 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9737 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9742 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9743 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9744 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9745 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9749 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9750 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9751 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9752 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9753 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9754 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9755 best to explicitly give up. */
9757 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
9758 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= None
;
9767 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9771 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9775 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9776 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9777 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9778 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9781 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9783 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9784 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9786 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9790 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9794 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9796 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9797 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9798 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9800 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9804 /***********************************************************************
9806 ***********************************************************************/
9810 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9814 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9820 xassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9821 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9822 xassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9825 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9828 /***********************************************************************
9830 ***********************************************************************/
9832 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9833 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9834 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9835 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9837 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9838 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9839 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9841 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9842 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9843 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9844 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9845 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9846 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9847 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9850 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9852 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9854 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9856 static int x_initialized
;
9859 static int x_session_initialized
;
9862 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9863 the screen number from the server number. */
9865 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
9866 const char *name1
, *name2
;
9869 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9870 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
9871 int length_until_period
= 0;
9873 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9874 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9875 length_until_period
++;
9877 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9878 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9880 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9882 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9883 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9884 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9885 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9886 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9887 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9888 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9889 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9890 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9891 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9892 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9893 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9894 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9895 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9897 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9901 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9905 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9906 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9909 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9910 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9913 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
9937 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9938 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9941 x_display_ok (display
)
9942 const char *display
;
9947 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9949 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
9955 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9956 the structure that describes the open display.
9957 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9959 struct x_display_info
*
9960 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
9961 Lisp_Object display_name
;
9963 char *resource_name
;
9967 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9968 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9979 if (! x_display_ok (SDATA (display_name
)))
9980 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SDATA (display_name
));
9986 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9987 char **argv2
= argv
;
9990 #ifndef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY
9991 if (!EQ (Vinitial_window_system
, intern ("x")))
9992 error ("Sorry, you cannot connect to X servers with the GTK toolkit");
9995 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9997 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY
9998 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
9999 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
10000 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
10001 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
10003 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10007 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10011 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10013 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10015 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10016 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10019 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10020 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10022 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10024 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10026 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10030 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10032 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10033 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10035 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10037 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10038 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10040 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10041 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10043 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10044 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10047 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10048 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10051 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10052 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10053 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10055 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10056 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10057 So let's not use it until R6. */
10058 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10059 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10070 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10071 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10073 turn_on_atimers (0);
10074 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10075 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10076 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10078 turn_on_atimers (1);
10080 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10081 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10086 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10087 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10088 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10089 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10090 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10092 /* Detect failure. */
10099 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10101 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10102 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10104 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
10107 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10110 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10111 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10112 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10113 SDATA (display_name
)))
10116 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
10119 terminal
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10120 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
10121 terminal
->kboard
->Vwindow_system
= intern ("x");
10122 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10124 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10126 terminal
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10127 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10128 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
);
10132 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10133 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10134 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10135 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10136 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10137 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10138 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10140 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10143 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10144 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10145 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10147 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10148 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10149 x_display_name_list
);
10150 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10152 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10154 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10155 terminal
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10156 strncpy (terminal
->name
, SDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10157 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10160 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10164 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10165 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10167 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10168 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10170 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10171 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10173 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10175 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10176 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10177 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10179 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10180 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10182 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10183 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10184 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10185 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10187 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10189 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10191 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10193 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10194 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10195 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10196 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10197 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10198 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10199 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10200 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10201 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10202 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10203 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10204 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10205 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10206 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10207 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10208 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10209 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10210 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10211 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10212 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10213 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10214 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10215 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10216 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10217 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10218 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10219 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10220 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10221 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10222 dpyinfo
->terminal
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
10223 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10225 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10226 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10227 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10229 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10231 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10232 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10233 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10234 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10235 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10236 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10239 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10240 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10242 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10245 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10246 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10247 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10249 if (STRINGP (value
)
10250 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10251 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10252 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10256 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10257 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10260 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10261 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10262 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10263 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10264 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10265 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10266 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10267 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10268 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10271 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10272 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10273 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10274 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10275 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10276 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10277 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10278 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10279 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10280 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10281 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10282 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10283 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10284 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10285 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10286 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10287 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10288 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10289 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10290 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10291 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10292 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10293 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10294 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10295 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10296 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10297 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10298 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10299 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10300 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10301 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10302 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10303 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10304 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10305 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10306 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10307 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10308 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10309 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10310 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10311 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10312 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10313 /* For properties of font. */
10314 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10315 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10316 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
10317 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
10318 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10319 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10320 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10321 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10322 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10323 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10325 /* Ghostscript support. */
10326 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10327 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10329 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10332 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_XEMBED",
10335 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10337 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10338 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10339 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
10340 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10342 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10343 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10344 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10346 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10347 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10352 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
10354 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
10355 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10356 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
10361 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10362 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10364 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10366 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10367 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10371 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10374 #ifdef subprocesses
10375 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10376 if (connection
!= 0)
10377 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10381 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10382 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10385 if (interrupt_input
)
10386 init_sigio (connection
);
10387 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10391 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10392 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10395 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10396 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10397 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10398 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10399 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10400 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10401 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10402 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10404 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10405 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10406 x_uncatch_errors ();
10410 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10411 for debugging X code. */
10414 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10415 build_string ("synchronous"),
10416 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10418 if (STRINGP (value
)
10419 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10420 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10421 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10426 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10427 build_string ("useXIM"),
10428 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10431 if (STRINGP (value
)
10432 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "false")
10433 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "off")))
10436 if (STRINGP (value
)
10437 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10438 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10444 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10445 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10447 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10448 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10456 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10457 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10460 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10461 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10464 struct terminal
*t
;
10466 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10468 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10469 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10472 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10473 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10476 delete_terminal (t
);
10480 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10482 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10483 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10484 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10485 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10486 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10491 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10492 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10494 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10496 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10499 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10503 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10504 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10506 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10507 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10510 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10512 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10513 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10514 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10517 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
10518 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
10519 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10524 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10527 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10528 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10532 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10534 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10535 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10536 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10537 that slows us down. */
10540 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10541 struct atimer
*timer
;
10544 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10545 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10547 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10548 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10549 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10550 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10555 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10556 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10557 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10558 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10559 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10560 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10561 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10564 x_activate_timeout_atimer ()
10567 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10569 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10571 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10572 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10573 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10578 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10581 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10583 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10585 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10587 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10591 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10593 x_after_update_window_line
,
10594 x_update_window_begin
,
10595 x_update_window_end
,
10601 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10603 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10604 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10605 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10606 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10607 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10608 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10609 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10610 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10611 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10612 x_clear_frame_area
,
10613 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10614 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10615 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10619 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10621 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10623 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10626 /* Protect against recursive calls. Fdelete_frame in
10627 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10628 if (!terminal
->name
)
10632 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10633 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10634 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10636 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10637 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10640 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10642 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10643 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10645 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10647 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10650 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10654 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10655 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10657 static struct terminal
*
10658 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10660 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10662 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10664 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10665 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10666 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10668 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10670 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10671 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10672 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10673 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10674 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10675 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10676 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10677 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10678 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10679 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10680 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10681 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10682 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10683 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10684 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10685 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10686 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10687 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10688 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10690 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10691 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10693 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10694 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10695 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10696 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10697 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10698 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10710 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10711 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10712 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10714 x_session_initialized
= 0;
10718 current_count
= -1;
10721 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10722 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10724 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10725 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10727 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10729 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10730 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10731 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10732 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10733 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10734 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10735 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10737 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10740 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10742 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10743 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10747 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10748 original error handler. */
10749 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10750 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10752 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
10753 #if 0 /* Don't. We may want to open tty frames later. */
10755 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
10756 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
10759 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10766 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10768 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10769 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10771 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10772 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10774 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10775 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10777 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10778 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
10780 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10781 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10783 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10784 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10785 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10786 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10787 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10788 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10789 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10791 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10793 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10794 &x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10795 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10796 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10797 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10798 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10799 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10801 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10802 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10803 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10804 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10805 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10806 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10807 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10808 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10809 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10811 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10812 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
10813 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
10814 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
10815 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10817 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
10818 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10819 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
10821 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
10823 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
10826 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10829 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10830 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10832 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
10833 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
10834 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10835 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
10836 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10837 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
10838 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10839 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
10840 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10842 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
10843 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10844 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10845 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10846 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10847 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10849 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10850 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10851 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10852 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10853 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10854 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10856 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
10857 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10858 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10859 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10860 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10861 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10863 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
10864 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10865 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10866 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10867 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10868 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10870 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
10871 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10872 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10873 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10874 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10878 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
10880 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
10881 (do not change this comment) */